9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual ... · Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15 Contents Introduction

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 111

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 166

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 175

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 330

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 346

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 356

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Emblem, and SRXare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23173686 B Second Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar®

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

g : Outside Power FoldawayMirrors

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 22Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Universal Remote System . . . . . 23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 24Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 173ii.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 162ii.

3. Cruise Control 0 205ii.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 219ii.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 119ii.

5. Steering Wheel Controls 0 112ii.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC)0 134ii.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 113ii.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 114ii.

7. Infotainment 0 166ii.

8. Light Sensor. See TwilightSentinel 0 160ii.

9. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 167ii.

10. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 202ii.

11. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 58ii (If Equipped).

12. Front Storage 0 101ii.

13. Lane Departure WarningButton (If Equipped). See LaneDeparture Warning (LDW)0 224ii.

Parking Assist (If Equipped).See Driver Assistance Systems0 214ii.

eco Button (If Equipped). SeeFuel Economy Mode 0 197ii.

14. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 194ii.

15. Parking Brake 0 199ii.

16. CD Player. See Infotainment0 166ii.

Blu-Ray® Optical Drive (IfEquipped). See Infotainment0 166ii.

17. Hazard Warning Flashers0 161ii.

18. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 187ii.

19. Pedal Adjust Switch (Out ofView) (If Equipped). SeeAdjustable Throttle and BrakePedal 0 187ii.

20. Horn 0 113ii.

21. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 112ii.

22. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 125ii.

23. Hood Release. See Hood0 241ii.

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157ii.

Front Fog Lamps 0 162ii (IfEquipped).

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 163ii.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may be usedto lock and unlock the doors from upto 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for three secondsto sound the panic alarm.

b : Press twice to open or closethe liftgate. Press once to stop theliftgate from moving.

Press the key release button nearthe bottom of the transmitter toremove the key. The key can beused for the driver door and theglove box.

See Keys 0 26ii and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation0 27ii.


In Brief 9

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33ii.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill lock/unlock the doors. If thelock/unlock button is pressed againwithin five seconds, all passengerdoors will unlock. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27ii.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside, press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation0 27ii.

Key

To lock or unlock the door, use thekey in the driver door. Turn the keycounterclockwise once to unlock thedriver door; turning the key againwill unlock the passenger doors.

Inside the Vehicle

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.

Power Door Locks

There is a power door lock switchon the front door panels.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Power Door Locks 0 36ii.


10 In Brief

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

For vehicles without KeylessAccess, unlock the vehicle beforeopening the liftgate.

Press the touch pad in the handle ofthe liftgate above the license plateand lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

If equipped, the switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park) to use the power feature.The taillamps flash when the powerliftgate moves.

Choose a power liftgate mode andpress the center of the switch.

The three modes are:

MAX : The liftgate opens to the fullopen height.

3/4 : The liftgate opens to areduced height that can be set from3/4 to fully open.

OFF : The liftgate only operatesmanually in this position.

See Liftgate 0 37ii.

Windows

Press or pull the switch, part of theway, to open or close the window.

Press the window switch fully andrelease to activate theexpress-down feature. If equipped,the express-up feature allows thewindow to be raised without holdingthe switch. Pull the window switchup fully and release to activate.

PressZ { to activate the windowlockout on the rear doors.

See Power Windows 0 46ii.


In Brief 11

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, remote operatingwindows will open all the windowsfrom outside the vehicle by pressingand holding K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

See Power Windows 0 46ii.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

To raise or recline the seatback, usethe lever on the outboard side ofthe seat.

See Seat Adjustment 0 53ii andReclining Seatbacks 0 55ii.

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment0 54ii.


12 In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks

Raise or recline the seatback bytilting the control forward orrearward.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 55ii.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, increase or decreasethe lumbar support by pressing andholding the front or rear of thecontrol. See Lumbar Adjustment0 54ii.

Memory Features

If equipped, the 1, 2, and MEMbuttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable throttle and brake pedalpositions (if equipped).


In Brief 13

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalizationmenu, positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalization menu, theseats will move rearward when theignition is changed to OFF and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

See Memory Seats 0 56ii andVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 58ii.

The heated and ventilated frontseats can also be programmed tocome on during a remote start. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.


14 In Brief

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 52ii and SeatAdjustment 0 53ii.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 62ii.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 63ii.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 64ii.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 87ii.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theoverhead console when the vehicleis started. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 75ii.


In Brief 15

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,Power Folding Similar

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror to thedesired position.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

See Power Mirrors 0 44ii.

Automatic Dimming Mirror

If equipped, the driver outside mirrorand the inside rearview mirrorautomatically adjust for the glare ofheadlamps behind you. SeeAutomatic Dimming Mirror 0 45ii orAutomatic Dimming Rearview Mirror0 46ii.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustmentIf equipped, the position of thethrottle and brake pedals can beadjusted.

The switch used to adjust thepedals is below the windshield wiperlever. Pull the switch toward you to


16 In Brief

move the pedals further from thefloor, or push the switch away fromyou to move the pedals closer to thefloor.

See Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal 0 187ii.

Interior LightingDome Lamp

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* : Turns the lamp off, even whena door is open.

1 : The lamp comes on when adoor is opened.

+ : Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

. For the overhead consolereading lamps, press them orn next to each lamp.

. For the rear passenger readinglamps, press the lamp lens.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 163ii.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

3 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warning


In Brief 17

chime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157ii.

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 159ii.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense, movethe windshield wiper lever to INTand turn thex INT band to adjustthe sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.


18 In Brief

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton for intermittent rear wipes.

a : Push the windshield wiper leverforward to spray washer fluid on therear window.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 113ii and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 114ii.

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


In Brief 19

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Air Delivery Mode Control

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 167ii and Rear ClimateControl System 0 171ii (if equipped).

Transmission

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) to Sport Mode.

2. To enter M (Manual Mode),press the shift lever forward toupshift or rearward todownshift.

See Manual Mode 0 196ii.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings and downloadableapplications (if equipped).

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.


20 In Brief

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control or to decrease vehiclespeed if the cruise control is alreadyactivated.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 205ii orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 207ii (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii.


In Brief 21

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 219ii.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the same

direction that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 221ii.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound or thedriver seat will pulse.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 224ii.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will detectmoving vehicles in the next laneover in the vehicle's side blind zonearea. When this happens, the SBZAdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 222ii.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecenter stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 215ii.


22 In Brief

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear ParkingAssist (RPA) uses sensors on therear bumper to assist with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRear Vision Camera screen and agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If thesystem detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crashwith a detected object behind yourvehicle in your path, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop.


Storage CompartmentsThe glove box is air conditioned andcan be used to store items at alower temperature. Move the slidecontrol to open or close the openingto adjust the air flow. See Glove Box0 100ii.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle may have up to fiveaccessory power outlets.

The accessory power outlets are:

. Below the climate control systeminside the front storage bin.

. Inside the center floor console.

. On the rear of the center floorconsole. For vehicles with a rearclimate control system, there willbe two accessory power outletson the rear of the center floorconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

See Power Outlets 0 116ii.


In Brief 23

Universal Remote System

If available, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System0 154ii.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically when the vehicle isstarted.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically whenthe vehicle is started.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g on the center

stack. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster. Theappropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages0 144ii.

. Press and release g again to

turn traction control back on. igoes out in the instrument

cluster. The appropriatemessage is displayed in the DIC.See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 144ii.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak, press andhold g on the center stack untilg and i illuminate in theinstrument cluster. Theappropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages0 144ii.

. Press g again to turn on both

systems. g and i go out in theinstrument cluster. Theappropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages0 144ii.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 202ii.


24 In Brief

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 287ii.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC controls onthe right side of the steeringwheel, display REMAININGOIL LIFE on the DIC. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii. When remaining oil lifeis low, the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message willappear on the display. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 140ii.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controlsand hold SEL down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 246ii.


In Brief 25

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Service Program.

See Roadside Service 0 349ii.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 36Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 40Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 42

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 45Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 45Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

The key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door and glove box.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 349ii.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 360ii.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 356ii.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. See“Keyless Access Operation”following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown, Without Similar

Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if enabled through thevehicle personalization. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 40ii.

If equipped, pressing Q will alsolock the fuel door.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedriver door or all doors. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight the fog lamps and back-uplamps will come on for about20 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The turn signalindicators may flash to indicateunlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 40ii.

On some models, pressing andholding K will open all of thewindows.

If equipped, pressing K will alsounlock the fuel door.

/ (Remote Start) : For vehicleswith this feature, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds to

start the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33ii.

7 (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm) : Press and release onetime to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times. Press and hold7 for three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

b (Remote Liftgate Release) :Press twice to open or close theliftgate.

Press once to stop the liftgate frommoving.

Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system,you can lock and unlock the doorsand access the hatch withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the door or hatchbeing opened.



Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access,this vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removedor none remain in the interior.

If equipped with a locking fuel door,the fuel door will also lock atthis time.



If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

Temporary Disable PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 147ii.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats. The storage



area will need to be openedand the storage tray lifted up toaccess the transmitter pocket.

4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutes

to complete. The vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters you wishto program must be with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button.

The DIC displays will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with the

vehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display shouldnow show READY FORREMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats. The storagearea will need to be openedand the storage tray lifted up toaccess the transmitter pocket.



5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. TheREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTEKEY message may also bedisplayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area and thestorage tray.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.



2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the front and backhousing then snap thetransmitter together.

Remote Vehicle StartIf available, this feature allows theengine to be started from outside ofthe vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear fog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If the vehicle has auto heated orventilated seats they may come onduring a remote start. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 58ii.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 27ii.



Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is put in ON/RUN/START.

3. With the remote in the vehicle,press the brake pedal andselect the ON/RUN/STARTignition mode to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).



Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, pressing the

lock/unlock button on that doorhandle will lock/unlock the doors.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27ii.

Key

To lock or unlock the door, use thekey in the driver door. Turn the keycounterclockwise once to unlock thedriver door; turning the key againwill unlock the passenger doors.

Inside the Vehicle

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.



Power Door Locks

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedoors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park). The doorswill automatically unlock when thevehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is moved into P (Park).

Use the manual or power door locksto unlock the doors if someoneneeds to exit, and to lock the doorsagain.

The power door locks can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Lockout ProtectionLockout protection decreases thechances that the keys may beaccidentally locked in the vehicle.

When door locking is requested bypressing Q on the front door panelsor the RKE transmitter and thedriver door is open, all doors willlock and the driver door willimmediately unlock. The driver doormust be closed when Q is pressedfor all doors to remain locked.

This feature can be programmed toprovide the lockout protectionfeature only when the ignition modeis ACC/ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/START. See “Power Door Locks” inVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.



PressZ { to activate the safetylocks. The indicator light comes onwhen activated.

The rear door power windows arealso disabled. See Power Windows0 46ii.

PressZ { again to deactivate thesafety locks and enable the powerwindows.

If a rear door handle is being pulledwhen the safety lock is deactivated,that door will remain locked and theindicator light may flash. Releasethe handle, then press the safetylock twice to deactivate the safetylocks.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 193ii.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.



Manual Liftgate

For vehicles without KeylessAccess, unlock the vehicle beforeopening the liftgate.

Press the touch pad in the handle ofthe liftgate, above the license plate,and lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate

If equipped, the power liftgateswitch is on the driver door. Thevehicle must be in P (Park). Thetaillamps flash when the powerliftgate moves.

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Choose the power liftgate mode andpress the center of the switch.

The modes are:

MAX : Opens to maximum height.

3/4 : Opens to a reduced heightthat can be set from 3/4 to fullyopen. Use to prevent the liftgatefrom opening into overhead objectssuch as a garage door orroof-mounted cargo. The liftgate canbe opened all the way manually.

OFF : Opens manually only.

Manual operation of a liftgate thatalso has power operation requiresmore effort than with a standardmanual liftgate.

To open or close the liftgate, selectMAX or the 3/4 mode and then:

. Pressb twice on the RKEtransmitter.

. Press8 on the center of theliftgate mode switch on thedriver door, with the driver doorunlocked.



. Press the touch pad on theliftgate outside handle afterunlocking all doors.

Press and release8 on theliftgate next to the latch to close theliftgate.

Pressing any liftgate button, or thetouch pad while the liftgate ismoving, stops it. Pressing againreverses the direction. There is aminimum distance that the powerliftgate must already be open for thesystem to hold it open. If movementis stopped below that minimum, theliftgate closes.

Do not force the liftgate open orclosed during a power cycle. Thismay activate the system's obstacledetection feature and stop thepower operation.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremetemperatures or low batteryconditions. If this occurs, the liftgatecan still be operated manually.

If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate powerfunction will continue to completion.If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) and accelerate before thepower liftgate latch is closed, theliftgate may reverse to the openposition. Cargo could fall out of thevehicle. Always make sure thepower liftgate is closed and latchedbefore you drive away.

If after a power opening, the liftgatestays open momentarily, then slowlycloses with continuous chimingsounds and turn signal flashes, thesupport strut may have lostpressure. See your dealer forservice before using the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,a warning chime will sound and theliftgate will automatically reversedirection to the full closed or openposition. After removing theobstruction, the power liftgateoperation can be used again. If theliftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions, theliftgate will resume normal poweroperation.

The vehicle has pinch sensors onthe side edges of the liftgate. If anobject is caught between the liftgateand the body and presses againstone of these sensors, the liftgate willreverse direction and open fully. Theliftgate will remain open until it isactivated again or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the liftgate stop position:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andopen the liftgate.



2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate switch. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and hold8 on theliftgate next to the latch untilthe turn signals flash and abeep sounds. This indicatesthe setting has been recorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.

Manual Operation of PowerLiftgate

To change the liftgate to manualoperation, turn the mode switch tothe OFF position.

With the power liftgate disabled andall of the doors unlocked, the liftgatecan be manually opened andclosed. The effort required tooperate a power liftgate is greaterthan the effort required to operate anon-power liftgate.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the handle on the outside ofthe liftgate, and lift the gate open.

Caution

Do not use too much force whenclosing the liftgate to avoiddamage.

To close the liftgate, use the pullcup to lower the liftgate and close.With the power liftgate disabled, theliftgate electric latch will still powerlatch once contact is made with thestriker. Always close the liftgatebefore driving.

If the RKE button is pressed whilepower operation is disabled, the turnsignals flash and the liftgate willnot move.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will notopen. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will

bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the liftgate, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, thealarm was activated while the alarmsystem was armed.



If the alarm system has beenactivated, a message will appear onthe DIC. See Security Messages0 145ii.

Power Sounder, InclinationSensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have an inclinationsensor, intrusion sensor, and powersounder.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is different fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm when the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can set off thealarm it if senses an unauthorizedentry into the vehicle’s interior. Donot allow passengers or pets toremain in the vehicle when theintrusion sensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such asa sunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors in the front overheadconsole.

Inclination, and IntrusionSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that theinclination and intrusion sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or the vehicle is beingtransported.

With the vehicle turned off, presso in the overhead console. Theindicator light will come onmomentarily, indicating that thesensor has been disabled until thenext time the alarm system isarmed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 356ii.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbuttonstart is activated to enter theACC/ACCESSORY mode or theON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.



The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, OFF), and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console. See“NO REMOTE DETECTED” underKey and Lock Messages 0 140ii.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See yourdealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27ii.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,Power Folding Similar

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. SeeSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 222ii.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 56ii.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, manually fold themirrors inward toward the vehicle toprevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.Push the mirror outward to return itto the original position.

Power Folding Mirrors

To fold the mirrors, if equipped:

1. With the selector switch inthe ) position, press the downarrow on the control pad. Bothmirrors will automatically fold.

2. Press the down arrow again toreturn the mirrors to theiroriginal position.



Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. The mirrors are accidentallyobstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded/unfolded.

. The mirrors do not stay in theunfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normaldriving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position.A noise may be heard during theresetting of the power foldingmirrors. This sound is normal after amanual folding operation.

Heated Mirrors1 (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 167ii.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, there arethree buttons at the bottom of themirror. See your dealer for moreinformation on the system and howto subscribe to OnStar. See OnStarOverview 0 360ii.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,clean the mirror with the ignition off.Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.



Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 26ii.



The driver power window switchescontrol all windows. Eachpassenger switch only controls thatwindow. The power windows workwhen the ignition is in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 191ii.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The express feature allows thewindows to be raised and loweredall the way without holding theswitch.

Press or pull the switch fully andrelease it to activate the expressfeature. Cancel the express modeby briefly pressing or pulling theswitch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when express-up is active,the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation after theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

{ Warning

If express override is activated,the window will not reverseautomatically. You or others couldbe injured and the window couldbe damaged. Before you use

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

express override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

To override the anti-pinch feature,hold the window switch all the wayup to the second position. Thewindow will raise for as long as theswitch is held. Once the switch isreleased, the express mode isreactivated.

In this mode, the window can closeon an object in its path. Use carewhen using the override mode.

Programming the PowerWindows

If the vehicle battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the front power windowswill need to be reprogrammed forthe express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.



To program:

1. With the ignition in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power(RAP) is active, close all doors.

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switchup until the window is fullyclosed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Overload

If the windows are repeatedlyoperated within a short time, thewindow operation is disabled for ashort time.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, the remote operatingwindows will open all the windowsfrom outside the vehicle by pressingand holding K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

Window Lockout

This feature disables the rearpassenger window switches fromoperating the rear passengerwindows.

PressZ { to activate the rearwindow lockout. The indicator lightin the switch illuminates.

The rear door safety locks are alsoenabled. See Safety Locks 0 36ii.

PressZ { again to deactivate therear window lockout.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time asafety lock is deactivated, only thatdoor will remain locked and theindicator light may flash. Releasethe handle, then press the safetylock twice to deactivate the safetylocks.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.



Roof

SunroofOn vehicles with a sunroof, theswitches are on the overheadconsole.

The sunroof only operates when theignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). SeeIgnition Positions 0 187ii andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 191ii.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Switch

Vent : To vent the sunroof, pressthe rear of the sunroof switch (1) tothe first detent and release. Thesunroof will open to the ventposition.

Open/Close : To open or close thesunroof, press the front or rear ofthe sunroof switch (1) to the firstdetent and hold to open or close thesunroof to a desired position.

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening to thefull-open position. Press the rear ofthe sunroof switch (1) to the seconddetent and release to express-openthe sunroof to the comfort openposition. Press and release the rearof the sunroof switch (1) again toexpress-open the sunroof fully.Press the front of the sunroofswitch (1) to the second detent andrelease to express-close thesunroof.

Sunshade Switch

Open/Close : To open or close thesunshade, press the front or back ofthe sunshade switch (2) to the firstdetent and hold to open or close thesunshade to a desired position.

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open or close thesunshade, press the sunshadeswitch (2) to the second detent andrelease.

The sunshade automatically opensmore than the sunroof's opening.Fully close the sunroof before fullyclosing the sunshade.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof or sunshade when it isclosing, the anti-pinch featuredetects the object and stops thesunroof or sunshade from closing atthe point of the obstruction. Thesunroof or sunshade then returns tothe full-open position.

Weather conditions such as extremecold and/or ice may cause thewindow to auto-reverse.



Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.


Seats and Restraints 51

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 55Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 55Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 61

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 68Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 68Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 71When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Passenger Sensing System . . . 75Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 79

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 80Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Infants and Young Children . . . . 82Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 85Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 86

Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 87

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Securing Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97


52 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. To raise or lower thehead restraint, press the buttonlocated on the side of the headrestraint, and pull up or push thehead restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on the

head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.



To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The vehicle's rear seat has anadjustable headrest in the centerseating position that can beadjusted the same way as theoutboard head restraints.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 87ii.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion.



2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 55ii.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 54ii.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibration inthe driver seat to help the driveravoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems 0 214ii.

Lumbar Adjustment

Power Lumbar

If available, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support. Releasethe control when the seatbackreaches the desired level of lumbarsupport.



Thigh SupportAdjustment

If available, adjust the manual legextension by pulling up on the lever,and then pulling or pushing on thesupport to lengthen or shorten it.Release the lever to lock it in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, the 1, 2, and MEMbuttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable throttle and brake pedalpositions (if equipped).

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.



2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and adjustable throttleand brake pedal positions (ifequipped).

3. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and 1 until three beeps sound.

4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for a seconddriver using 2.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1 or 2 to manuallyrecall the previously stored memorypositions. Releasing 1 or 2 beforethe stored positions are reachedstops the recall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

When enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the AutoMemory Recall feature recalls thepreviously stored memory 1 or 2positions when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

To activate, place the ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2, but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

See "Auto Memory Recall" under"Comfort and Convenience" inVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror, powerseat controls, or the adjustablepedal switch (if equipped).

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, this featureautomatically moves the seatapproximately 7 cm (3 in) rearwardallowing the driver more room to exitthe vehicle.

Easy Exit recall activates when oneof the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction. Then doone of the following:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button, then try recallingagain by opening the driver doorand pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the power seatcontrol rearward fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.



If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

When this feature is off, the symbolson the buttons are white. When aheated seat is turned on, the symbolturns red. When a ventilated seat (ifavailable) is turned on, the symbolturns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats can be turned onautomatically. When it is coldoutside, the heated seats turn on,and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. Thisfeature is canceled when theignition is turned on. Press the



button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights on the button do notturn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 33ii andVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Auto Heated Seats

If equipped, when the vehicle is on,this feature will automaticallyactivate the heated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle’sinterior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heatedseat level will be indicated by themanual heated seat buttons on thecenter stack.

Use the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack to turn autoheated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Rear SeatsSplit Folding Seatbacks

With this feature, either side of therear seatback can be folded downfor more cargo space.

Folding the Seatbacks

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Unbuckle the rear safety beltsand move the front seatbacksto the upright position. SeeReclining Seatbacks 0 55ii.

2. Make sure that there is nothingunder, in front of, or onthe seat.



3. Lift the lever on the top of theseatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises when theseatback is unlocked.

4. Fold the seatback forward.A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

Keep the seatback in the upright,locked position when not in use.

Raising the Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever on top of theseatback. Raise the seatbackand release the lever. A tabnear the seatback lever raiseswhen the seatback is unlocked.

2. Push the seatback rearwarduntil it locks in the uprightposition. A tab near theseatback lever retracts whenthe seatback is locked in place.

3. Make sure the rear safety beltsare not twisted or caughtbetween the seat cushion andthe seatback.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift and hold the lever on top ofthe seatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises when theseatback is unlocked.

2. Tilt the seatback rearward, andthen release the lever when theseatback is in the desiredposition. A tab near theseatback lever retracts whenthe seatback is locked in place.



Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 58ii.

If available, the buttons are on therear climate control panel on therear of the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press M or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

There is a rear seat pass-throughdoor in the center of the rearseatback. Fold down the centerarmrest and push down on the latchto open the door.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 122ii.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 81ii or Infants and YoungChildren 0 82ii. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 68ii.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andfront outboard passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so that theshoulder portion of the belt is on theshoulder and not falling off of it. Thebelt should be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Improper

shoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 63ii.

Move the height adjuster up to thedesired position by pushing up onthe height adjuster.

After the height adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pressing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition. Press the release button tolower the height adjuster.



Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they will need to be replaced, andthe vehicle's safety belt system willprobably need other new parts. SeeReplacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash 0 68ii.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

{ Warning

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the shoulder belt awayfrom the neck and head.

This vehicle has rear safety beltcomfort guides in the rear outboardseating positions.

To install:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.



3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be behind thebelt with the plastic guide onthe front.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe safety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety belt canbe removed from the guide. Slidethe guide back into its storagepocket on the side of the seatback.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.



The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 122ii.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 68ii.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are working

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

properly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 123ii.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand for the second rowpassenger seated directlybehind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thesecond row passenger seateddirectly behind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on anattached label near the deploymentopening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags are

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

designed to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 72ii.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 81ii orInfants and Young Children 0 82ii.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 123ii for moreinformation.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,right front passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 69ii.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to

predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags



will inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 71ii.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 72ii.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 71ii.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,and turn off the interior lamps, and

turn off the hazard warning flashersby using the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 357ii

and Event Data Recorders0 358ii.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.



Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, are visibleduring the system check. Whenthe system check is complete,either the word ON or OFF, or the

symbol for on or off, will be visible.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 124ii.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagshould be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 124ii.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passenger

sensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson’s seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 123ii for more information,including important safetyinformation.



If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 95ii or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 97ii.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 52ii.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theon indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seat



massagers. Also removelaptops or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79ii

for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here’s how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerairbag when liquid is soaked intothe seat. If this happens, the offindicator will be lit, and theairbag readiness light will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger airbag while a childrestraint or child occupant is onthe seat. If the passenger airbagis turned on, the on indicator willbe lit.

If the front passenger seat gets wet,dry it immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 123ii for importantsafety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,



or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 355ii.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,

instrument panel, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,rollover sensor module, airbagwiring, or cargo restraint system andconvenience net.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system thatincludes sensors as part of the frontoutboard passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passenger



airbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 75ii.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 295ii for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 348ii.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 123ii.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 71ii. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resulting

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

in serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 123ii.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if equipped.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 64ii. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 64ii.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.



In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety



restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 87ii. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 75ii for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the

child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCH



attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure the

child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) 0 95ii or Securing ChildRestraints (Front Passenger Seat)0 97ii.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is located on the cover.



Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are located underthe covers, on the back of the rearseatback. Be sure to use an anchorlocated on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 86ii for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment tocome loose or even break during acrash. A child or others could beinjured. To reduce the risk of seriousor fatal injuries during a crash,attach only one child restraint peranchor.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 86ii.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchors

and child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For the outboard rearseating positions, if thehead restraint interfereswith the proper installationof the child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “Head



Restraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchorand open its cover toexpose the anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the dual tetheraround the head restraint.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position and the

head restraint has beenremoved, route the dualtether over the seatback.

If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the single tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.



If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position and thehead restraint has beenremoved, route the singletether over the seatback.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest down

to its stowed position androute the dual tether overthe headrest.

If you are using a singletether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest downto its stowed position androute the single tetherover the headrest.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint. The headrest in the rearcenter seating position is notremovable and should be lowered tothe stowed position for childrestraint installation.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 59ii

for additional information.



2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 52ii.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 87ii for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 87ii fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 86ii.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System)0 87ii.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.



4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 87ii.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached toa top tether anchor, disconnect it.If the head restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal and



Reinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 87ii for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 86ii.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 75ii

and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 124ii for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag is off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 75ii for additional information.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 87ii for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.



In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 124ii.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 75ii.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


100 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 100Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Center Console Storage . . . . . . 102

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 109

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxLift the glove box handle up to openit. Use the key to lock and unlockthe glove box.

The glove box is air conditioned andcan be used to store items at alower temperature. The vehicle airconditioning must be turned on forthe maximum cool air to enter theglove box. Move the slide control toallow cool air into the glove box.After opening the air flow, close theglove box door to keep the cold airfrom entering the vehicle.


Storage 101

Cupholders

The front cupholder has a dividerthat can be adjusted toaccommodate large or smallcontainers.

For large containers, press thebutton to move aside the divider andmake the cupholder deeper. Forsmall containers, push down on thetop edge of the divider to lock itback in place and make thecupholder shorter.

Front Storage

There is storage behind the climatecontrol system. Touch the chromebar at the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel to open. Thereis a USB port inside. See “USBPort” in the infotainment manual.

Keep the storage area door closedwhile driving.

Touch the chrome bar at the bottomof the climate control system panelagain to close.

A storage area is located in front ofthe shift lever. Push upward on thetop of the door and release; thedoor automatically opens.

There is an accessory power outletinside. See Power Outlets 0 116ii.

Armrest StorageFor vehicles with a rear seatarmrest, pull the rear seat armrestforward to access cupholders withremovable liners. For vehicles witha rear storage area, pull the lever toaccess.


102 Storage

Center Console StorageThe center console has an armrest,upper storage tray, and lowerstorage area.

The armrest can be adjusted. Slidethe top of the armrest to adjust tothe desired position.

Press the driver side button toaccess the upper storage tray.Press the passenger side button toaccess the lower storage area.

There are two USB ports and anaccessory power outlet inside thecenter console. There may be anauxiliary jack. See Power Outlets0 116ii and the infotainment manual.

Press the button to open thestorage area on the rear of thecenter console. If equipped withRear Seat Entertainment (RSE), theaudio/video jacks and USB port maybe inside. See the infotainmentmanual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverFor vehicles with the dual positioncargo cover, it can be used to coveritems in the cargo area of thevehicle.

The shade can be set in twopositions. It can be set in a halfwayopen (1) position for loading objectsinto the rear compartment, or thelower (2) position to conceal objectsin the rear compartment.


Storage 103

Install the Cargo Cover

1. Hold the cartridge so that thepull-out shade faces the rear ofthe vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over thepins on the trim panels of thevehicle.

3. Push down on the cartridge tosnap it into place.

4. Unroll the shade toward therear of the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in thechannels (3) on both sides.

6. Slide the shade to the lower (2)position, or the halfwayopen (1) position.

Remove the Cargo Cover

1. Remove the cover from thechannels and carefully roll itback up.

2. Slide the button on the top torelease the cartridge.

3. Pull up to remove the cartridgefrom the pins.

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.


104 Storage

Cargo Tie-DownsFor vehicles equipped with cargotie‐downs, the four tie-downs arelocated in the rear compartment ofthe vehicle. Use the tie-downs tosecure small loads.

Cargo ManagementSystem

To open the cargo managementsystem, press the rear of the handleto unlatch it and then lift thehandle up.

A prop rod locks to hold the coverup when opened.

Four hooks are located on theinside cover and can be used forstoring items.

There may be additional storagecompartments on each side of thecargo management system. Lift thepanel up to open.

Press the red button on the prop rodto close the cover.

Rear Storage Area

{ Warning

An improperly latched and closedcargo cover, or cargo cover left inthe open position, could bethrown about the vehicle during acrash or sudden maneuver.Someone could be injured. Besure to return the cover to theclosed position and latch beforedriving. If the cover is removed,

(Continued)


Storage 105

Warning (Continued)

always store it outside of thevehicle. When it is replaced,always be sure that it is securelyreattached.

To access the rear storage areas ofthe cargo management system, andthe tire sealant and compressor kit:

1. Remove the cargo cover,if equipped.

2. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.

3. Release the prop rod from theinside cover by sliding the redclip down.

Unhook the prop rod from thepin on the inside cover. Storethe unhooked prop rod byfolding it into the cargomanagement compartment.

4. Store the cargo managementsystem cover by hooking itonto the weatherstrip.

U-Rail

If equipped with a u-rail system, thefence can be moved to differentpositions on the u-rail track tosecure cargo.


106 Storage

Press both adapter buttons to movethe adapters (2) on the straight partof the u-rail.

To move the fence around the u-rail,disconnect one side:

1. Unlock by turning the latch (1)to align K with the arrow onthe adapter (2).

2. Press the adapter button tomove the adapters (2) to thedesired position.

3. Reinstall the fence and lockboth latches (1) by turning toalign Q with the arrow on theadapter (2).

Use the fence to secure items inplace.

Removing the Fence

Unlock by turning both latches (1) toalign K with the arrow on theadapter (2). Lift and remove thefence.

Installing the Fence

Insert the fence into the adaptersand lock both latches (1) by turningto align Q with the arrow on theadapter (2).

Storing the Fence

1. Lift the cargo managementsystem cover.

2. Release the cover from theprop rod as described in theprevious steps.


Storage 107

3. Insert the top of the fence intothe lower two clips (1).

4. Turn the bottom of the fence upand insert it into the upper twoclips (2).

D-Ring Sliders

If equipped with a D-ring system,there are four D-ring sliders thatmove along rails. These can beused as tie-downs when storingcargo.

Insert the D-ring sliders (1) into thechannel (2) located in the middle ofthe rail. Press the button to movethe D-ring slider along the rail.

The loop of the D-ring slider mustbe facing inward toward the storagearea and the ring must be in the upposition for proper usage.

Cargo Net

{ Warning

Do not stack items higher thanthe upper end of the cargo net orhang anything from the net. Avoiditems that have sharp edges orthat apply excessive force to thenet. If items are not properlystored, damage to the net couldoccur and items can be thrownabout the vehicle. You or otherscould be injured. Always storeitems behind the net.

If equipped, the cargo net can beused to store light loads, keepingthem from falling over or beingthrown into the cabin during heavybraking.

The net should not be overloaded orused to store heavy loads.


108 Storage

There are four openings in theheadliner: two behind the front seatsand two behind the rear seats.

1. Insert the top corners of thecargo net into the largeopenings in the headliner andsecure by sliding them into thesmall openings.

2. The rear seatbacks should befolded down when the net isinstalled in the headlineropening behind the front seats.

3. Mount the cargo net to the rearseat tethers on the back of thefolded down rear seats and pullon the straps to tighten the net.

4. When the net is installed in theheadliner opening behind therear seats, the rear seatbacksshould be upright.

5. Mount the cargo net to thecargo tie-downs on the lowerside panels.


Storage 109

6. Pull on the straps to tightenthe net.

Cargo Net Storage

The cargo net can be removed fromthe vehicle and stored in the cargomanagement system.

1. Disconnect the net from theroof openings and the tethers.

2. Press the red button on thecenter of the net to fold itin half.

3. Roll up the cargo net and storeit in the attached vinyl bag.

4. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.

5. If equipped with a tire sealantand compressor kit, store thecargo net in the availablespace next to the kit.

Convenience NetThis vehicle may have aconvenience net in the rear of thevehicle. Attach it to the cargotie-downs for storing small loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can beused to load items. For roof racksthat do not have crossrails included,GM certified crossrails can bepurchased as an accessory. Seeyour dealer.


110 Storage

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 100 kg(220 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s center

of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii.


Instruments and Controls 111

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 112Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 112Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 112Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 113Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 122Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 123Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 125Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 125

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 129Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 130Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 131Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . 132Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 132Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 133Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 133

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Brake System Messages . . . . . 137Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 138Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 138Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 139Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 140Engine Power Messages . . . . . 140Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 140Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 140Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Airbag System Messages . . . . 145Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 145


112 Instruments and Controls

Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 145Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Transmission Messages . . . . . . 146Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 146Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 146

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 147

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 154Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel) :If equipped with a heated steeringwheel, press to turn on or off. Anindicator next to the button is litwhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT (Intermittent Wipes/RainsenseWipe Sensitivity Control) : Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes. If thevehicle has Rainsense™, seeRainsense™ later in this section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged blades shouldbe replaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261ii.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wipe Parking

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFmode while the wipers are on LO,HI, or INT, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFwhile the wipers are performingwipes due to windshield washing orRainsense, the wipers continue torun until they reach the base of thewindshield.

Rainsense™

If equipped, there is a sensor nearthe top center of the windshield thatdetects the amount of water on thewindshield and automaticallycontrols the frequency of thewindshield wiper. To turn this featureon or off, see “Rain Sense Wipers”under Vehicle Personalization0 147ii.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.



INT (Intermittent Wipes/RainsenseWipe Sensitivity Control) : Whenenabled, move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn thex INT bandon the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers and/ormanual windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 256ii

for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.



INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes) :Press the lower portion of the buttonfor intermittent wipes.

a (Rear Washer) : Push thewindshield wiper lever forward tospray washer fluid on the rearwindow. The lever automaticallyreturns to its original position whenreleased.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFF.This disables the rear wiper.

If the transmission is in N (Neutral)and the vehicle speed is very slow,the rear wiper will automatically stopat the base of the rear window.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 256ii.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages 0 138ii for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.



ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, pressthe SETTINGS screen buttonand press Time and Date.

2. Press Set Time and press + or− to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Press } to go back to theprevious menu.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Timeand Date.

2. Press Set Date and press + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.

3. Press } to go back to theprevious menu.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle may have fiveaccessory power outlets.

The accessory power outlets are:

. Below the climate control systeminside the front storage bin.

. Inside the center floor console.

. On the rear of the center floorconsole. For vehicles with a rearclimate control system, there willbe two accessory power outletson the rear of the center floorconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

There is a small cap that must beremoved to access the accessorypower outlet. When not using theoutlet be sure to cover it with theprotective cap.



Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Power is alwayssupplied to the rear cargo outlet.Always unplug electricalequipment when not in use anddo not plug in equipment thatexceeds the maximum 20 ampererating.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 237ii.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Cigarette LighterIf equipped, the cigarette lighter isunder the climate control system,inside the front storage bin.

To activate the cigarette lighter,push it into the heating element andlet go. The lighter pops out when itis ready to be used.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let thelighter back away from theheating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could beblown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

AshtraysThere may be an ashtray under theclimate control system on the centerstack. Press the door to release theashtray.

To empty the ashtray, remove it fromthe instrument panel by holding theedges and pulling straight out. Toreinstall, push the tray back intoplace.



There may also be ashtrays on thecenter floor console behind the shiftlever and in the rear doors.

Caution

If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or othersmoking materials could ignitethem and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster has three interactivedisplay zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightsteering wheel control to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

The left and right zones displayDriver Information Center (DIC)information. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134ii.

The center zone displaysapplication information fornavigation, audio, phone,or settings. A speedometer can alsobe displayed in this center zone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu

search for music, select fromfavorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Settings

Press SEL while the Settingsapplication page is displayed toenter the Settings menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Units menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DICinformation displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134ii.

Open Source Software : PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134ii.



TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric

English

This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the shaded area, theengine is too hot. Pull off the road,stop the vehicle, and turn off theengine as soon as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime comes on toremind drivers to fasten their safetybelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclemay continue several times if thedriver remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 75ii.



When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind the front passenger tofasten their safety belt. Then thelight stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle may continueseveral times if the passengerremains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Second Row Passenger BeltReminder Light

Second row seating positionsmonitored for safety belt use arerepresented by a colored symbol inthe Driver information Center (DIC)indicating safety belt status. Whenthe vehicle is started, three safetybelt symbols come on and stay onfor several seconds in theinstrument cluster to alert the driverthat passengers may need to fastentheir safety belts. After thepassenger safety belt is buckled,the corresponding safety beltsymbol in the instrument clusterturns green. If a safety belt is notinitially buckled, the instrumentcluster displays a gray safety beltsymbol. While the vehicle is moving,if a second row passenger that waspreviously buckled becomes

unbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol will change to flashingred and a chime may sound.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 69ii.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.



{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages0 145ii.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 75ii for importantsafety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Light 0 123ii for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 137ii.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 187ii.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.



Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 240ii.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 227ii. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require at

least one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 226ii.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 237ii. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.



The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.



Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 137ii.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system or another system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. See theinformation for the Electric ParkingBrake under Parking Brake 0 199ii.If a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages 0 137ii.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.



If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 127ii and Brake System Messages0 137ii.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 224ii.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 219ii.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.




StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 254ii.



The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 254ii.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 145ii.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 285ii.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 288ii.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.



If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Fuel Economy Light

This light is in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) display.

For vehicles with the fuel economymode light, it comes on when theeco (economy) button, located nextto the shift lever, is pressed. Pressthe button again to turn off the lightand exit the fuel economy mode.See Driving for Better FuelEconomy 0 25ii and Fuel EconomyMode 0 197ii for more information.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 42ii.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 159ii.



IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157ii.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with the AFLsystem. It flashes when the systemis switching between lightingmodes. See Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) 0 160ii.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See Front FogLamps 0 162ii for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 157ii.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 205ii.



Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) comes on when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ifequipped) is active. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 207ii.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in theleft and right interactive displayzones on the instrument cluster. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

y orz : Press the five-waycontrol to move up or down in a list.

S or T : Press the five-way controlto move between the interactivedisplay zones in the cluster. PressS to go back to the previous menu.

SEL (Select) : Press the center toopen a menu or select a menu item.Press and hold to reset values oncertain screens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The information displays on the DICcan be turned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in the centerdisplay zone on the cluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.



DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 and Trip 2 : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.The trip odometer can be reset bypressing and holding SEL while thisdisplay is active.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy : Showsthe approximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Shows the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since the

last reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass : Shows the direction thevehicle is driving.

Turn Arrow : Shows the nextmaneuver when using routeguidance.

Travel Time : Shows the estimatedtime duration remaining for thecurrent route.

Distance to Destination : Showsthe distance to the destination whenusing route guidance.



Speed Limit : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SEL when SpeedWarning is displayed. Pressy orz to adjust the value. This featurecan be turned off by pressing andholding SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows thespeed the cruise control or AdaptiveCruise Control is set to.

Follow Distance : Shows thecurrent following distance to thevehicle ahead.

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 140ii.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 243ii.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 332ii.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 246ii.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 287ii and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 288ii.

Blank Page : Allows for noinformation to be displayed in theDIC display zone(s).



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR. The messagesthat require immediate action cannotbe cleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on yourvehicle content.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 259ii.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 258ii.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Parking Brake0 199ii.



RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ParkingBrake 0 199ii.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Whenthis message is displayed, the brakeboost assist motor might be heardoperating and you might noticepulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Compass Messages

CAL

This message is displayed when thecompass needs to be calibrated.See Compass 0 115ii.

– –Dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See yourdealer for service.

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 207ii.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 321ii.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 205ii.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 207ii.



SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. Close the doorcompletely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the liftgate is open.Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANTTEMPERATURE

This message displays if the coolanttemperature is hot. See EngineOverheating 0 254ii.



Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 246ii,Driver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii, Engine Oil 0 243ii, andMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 243ii.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27ii.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. The



transmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27ii.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message is displayed if theremote is no longer detected in thevehicle. Press the brake pedal torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays when theAFL system is disabled and needsservice. See your dealer. SeeAdaptive Forward Lighting (AFL)0 160ii.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL ON

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned on. SeeTwilight Sentinel 0 160ii.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL OFF

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned off. SeeTwilight Sentinel 0 160ii.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement 0 263ii andReplacement Bulbs 0 270ii.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay not work or may not work aswell. The vehicle does not needservice.



AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been turned off. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 221ii.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been set to the Alertsetting. This setting disables mostFAB functions. Some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided with the Alert setting, butbraking is less likely to occur. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 221ii.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been unavailable forsome time. The FAB System doesnot need service.


. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 321ii.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 202ii.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct the

issue. The Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system will not operate.Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), andthe Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System may not work or may notwork as well.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.



REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parkingand backing features of the DriverAssistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.


. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 321ii.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

See Driver Assistance Systems0 214ii.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) System,Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking, and/or Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKEAND PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System. Do not use thissystem to help park or back thevehicle. See your dealer for service.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) features will not work. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.



SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 321ii.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the All WheelDrive (AWD) system. This messagecould be set by a number of issues.Some may require service of theAWD system some will not. The

vehicle will run in normal two-wheeldrive mode when this message hasbeen set. This could be caused by:

. A vehicle or an AWD systemelectronics problem.

. Various vehicle electrical issues.

. Worn out or overheated clutchplates.

. Loss of fluids.

If this message appears, stop whenconvenient and turn off the ignitionfor 30 seconds. Restart the vehicleand check for the message on theDIC display. If the message hasgone off and stays off, it is notnecessary to take your vehicle tothe dealer. If the message stilldisplays or appears again when youbegin driving, the system needsservice. See your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 202ii.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Selective RideControl. See Selective Ride Control0 204ii.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 202ii.

SPORT MODE ON

This message displays when SportMode has been activated. SeeSelective Ride Control 0 204ii andManual Mode 0 196ii.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 202ii.



TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 202ii.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steering

performance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 288ii.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 288ii.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 131ii.



If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tires by addingair until the tire pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 278ii, Vehicle Load Limits 0 182ii,and Tire Pressure 0 285ii.

More than one tire pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134ii.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC) andattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm). See Manual Mode0 196ii.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control. SeeWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 113ii.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242ii forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 256ii.



VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the Homepage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press the [ Back screenbutton to return to theprevious menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 116ii.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.



Radio

Press to display the Radio Menuand the following may be displayed:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Startup Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following may bedisplayed:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate heated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. The auto heated seats



can be turned off by using theheated seat buttons on the centerstack.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows auto reardefog to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay display:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Go Notifier

. Side Blind Zone Alert

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding:

. Forward Collision

. Lane Departure Warning

. Adaptive Cruise Control

. Parking Assist

. Backing Warning

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andFront Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided, though less likely to occur.See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 221ii.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 207ii.

Select Off or On.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) 0 222ii.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 215ii.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume



. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 56ii.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature moves the seatrearward automatically allowing thedriver more room to exit the vehicle.See Memory Seats 0 56ii.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedinto R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds,60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.



Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on or off,or can be used to select feedbackwhen using the button on the driverdoor to lock the vehicle. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27ii.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management



. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Apple CarPlay™

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.



Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 215ii.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 215ii.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Cancel or Restore.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Cancel or Delete.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Cancel or Restore.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.



Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 356ii.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop and

reverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system,call 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm(1 to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button until



the indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed button

for five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.



Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 157

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 157Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 161Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Battery Load Management . . . 164Battery Power Protection . . . . . 165Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

This control is on the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringcolumn.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off) : Briefly turn to this positionto turn the automatic light control offor on again.

AUTO (Automatic) : Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.


158 Lighting

3 (Headlamps) : Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.A warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened when the ignitionswitch is off and the headlampsare on.

# (Front Fog Lamps, IfEquipped) : Press to turn the lampson or off.

See Front Fog Lamps 0 162ii.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the turn signal lever in theneutral position, turn the exteriorlamp control to AUTO. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the High/Low-BeamChanger or the Flash-to-Passfeature. If this happens, theHigh/Low-Beam Changer mustbe activated two times withinfive seconds to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer 0 159ii

or Flash-to-Pass 0 159ii.


Lighting 159

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The high-beam headlamps mayneed to be disabled if any of theabove conditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou, then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness or for vehicleswith High Intensity Discharge (HID)headlamps, the DRL lights will comeon when the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is in the ON/RUN mode.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The engine is running.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).


160 Lighting

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thehigh-beam headlamps, taillamps,sidemarker, instrument panel lamps,and other lamps will not be on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then release.For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL cannot be turned off.

This vehicle may have a DRLdisabling function. When the DRLare on and a turn signal is activated,the DRL on that side will be off untilthe turn signal goes off.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)If equipped with uplevel headlamps,the AFL System adjusts theheadlamps to provide greater roadillumination in various drivingconditions.

To enable AFL, set the exterior lampcontrol to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTOposition will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle. Driving ashort distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 157ii.

Curve Lighting

The light beam pivots based on thesteering wheel position and vehiclespeed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).The headlamps shine at an angle ofup to 15 degrees to the right or leftof the direction of travel.

Twilight Sentinel

This feature automatically turns thelamps on and off. A light sensor ontop of the instrument panel makesthe Twilight Sentinel® work, so besure it is not covered.

With Twilight Sentinel the followingwill happen:

. When it is dark enough outside,and the exterior lamp control isin the AUTO position, theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL)go off, and the headlamps andparking lamps come on. Theother lamps that come on withthe headlamps also come on.


Lighting 161

. When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off, and theDRL come on, as long as theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO position. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 157ii.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 163ii.

The vehicle can be idled with thelamps off, even when it is darkoutside. After starting the vehicle,turn the exterior lamps control toP,then release it. The lamps willremain off until the control is turnedtoP again.

Twilight Sentinel also providesexterior illumination when exiting thevehicle until one of the followingoccurs:

. The exterior lamp control ismoved toP from the AUTO

position or to;.

. The delay time selected haselapsed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii

to select the delay time. You canalso select no delay time.

If the ignition is turned off with theexterior lamp control in the parkinglamp or headlamp position, theTwilight Sentinel delay will notoccur. The lamps will turn off assoon as the control is turned off.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for the

lamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) :Press this button on the instrumentpanel to make the front and rearturn signal lamps flash on and off.This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again to turnthe flashers off.


162 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 271ii.

Front Fog Lamps

The front fog lamp button is on theexterior lamp control on theoutboard side of the steering wheel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# (Front Fog Lamps) : Press toturn the fog lamps on or off. Anindicator light on the instrumentcluster comes on when the foglamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


Lighting 163

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lights and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelBrightness) : Move and hold thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displayswill automatically be adjusted.

Cargo LampThe cargo lamp is located in therear compartment and is controlledby the dome lamp. See DomeLamps 0 163ii.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome Lamps

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* (Dome Lamp Override) : Turnsthe lamp off, even when a dooris open.

1 (Door) : The lamp comes onwhen a door is opened.

+ (On) : Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps in theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

. Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

. Press the lamp lens on the rearpassenger reading lamps.


164 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. After about30 seconds the exterior lamps turnoff, and then the dome andremaining interior lights dim to off.The entry lighting can be manuallyturned off by changing the ignitionout of the off position, or by pressingQ on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The exterior lamps andinterior lamps remain on for a setamount of time, then automaticallyturn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,


Lighting 165

this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible. SeeBattery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 137ii.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp control

to the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


166 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings and downloadableapplications (if equipped).


Climate Controls 167

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost



168 Climate Controls

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by pressingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate are

adjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.



To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on. Press/to select recirculation; press it againto select outside air.

OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w /x (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls) : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature) : Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.

When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Manual Operation

z9 or9y(Fan Control) :Press the fan control buttons or thetouch screen fan control, to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Pressand hold the buttons or the touchscreen control to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Whenthe climate information is displayed,press the desired air delivery modeon the touch screen to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction of

the airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level) : Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog) : Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost) : Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield. Press the0 button toturn on or off. Changing the airdelivery mode also turns thedefrost off.

AC Mode (Air Conditioning) :Press the AC Mode touch screencontrol to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fan is



turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air inside the vehicle mayautomatically recirculate as neededto help quickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

If equipped, an air quality sensormay also activate recirculation whenit detects increasing levels of poorquality air outside the vehicle. Theair quality sensor will not maintainrecirculation for an extended periodand may not activate during coldweather. To adjust the sensitivity ofthe air quality sensor, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

The air quality sensor system doesnot protect against carbon monoxide(CO), which cannot be seen orsmelled. See Engine Exhaust0 193ii.

/ (Recirculation) : Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or reducethe outside air and odors that mayenter.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off or

on, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 147ii.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirrors.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Manual Heated and VentilatedSeats (If Equipped) : Press J orz to heat the driver or passengerseat cushion and seatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Seats 0 13ii.

Auto Heated Seats (If Equipped) :When the vehicle is on, the heatedseats are automatically activated atthe level required by the vehicle’sinterior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heatedseat level will be indicated by themanual heated seat buttons. Usethe manual heated seat buttons toturn auto heated seats off. SeeHeated and Ventilated Seats 0 13ii

and Vehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver’s previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start. If thevehicle has heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 33ii and Heated andVentilated Seats 0 13ii.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Sensor

The solar sensor, located on top ofthe instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Rear Climate ControlSystemIf equipped with a rear climatecontrol system, the settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrol buttons and the touchscreen.



Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Heated Rear Seats (IfEquipped)


3. TEMP (Temperature Control)

4. Fan Control

5. O (On/Off)


Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

5. REAR O (On/Off)

6. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

7. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Rear Control Lockout


Rear : Press this button on the frontclimate control touch screen to openthe rear climate control screen. Therear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O (On/Off) : Press O or REAR O toturn the rear climate control on oroff. The rear climate control systemcan also be turned off by pressingthe fan down button until the systemturns off. If the rear climate controlis turned off using REAR O on the

touch screen, the O button on therear climate control faceplate mustbe pressed twice to turn the systemback on.

SYNC : Press the SYNC button onthe touch screen to match the rearclimate control temperature to thefront climate control drivertemperature. The SYNC button willbe lit. Press the TEMP, MODE,or AUTO button twice to unlink theset driver and rear temperatures.The SYNC button turns off.



Rear Control Lockout : Press tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.The air delivery and fan speed arecontrolled automatically. The AUTOindicator appears on the display.If any of the climate control settingsare manually adjusted, this cancelsfull automatic operation.

Manual Operation

SA T (Fan Control) : Pressbriefly or press and hold the rearclimate control buttons or touchscreen to increase or decrease theairflow. PressingA T when thesystem is off will turn the system on.The air delivery mode remains in itsprevious setting.

+/− (Temperature Control) : Pressbriefly or press and hold the reartemperature control buttons or touchscreen to adjust the rear passengertemperature. Press + for warmer airand press − for cooler air.

Y/\/Y (Air Delivery ModeControl) : Press the desired modebutton on the touch screen or theMODE button on the rear faceplateto change the direction of the airflowin the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, IfEquipped) : Press M or L to heatthe left or right outboard seatcushion and seatback. See HeatedRear Seats 0 61ii.

Air VentsMove the sliding knob on the airoutlets up and down or left and rightto direct the airflow. Use thethumbwheels near the air outlets toopen or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non‐GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not insert any objects in theoutlets, as failure of themechanism may occur.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces the dust, pollen,and other airborne irritants fromoutside air that is pulled into thevehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance,see Maintenance Schedule 0 332ii.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 341ii.

1. Open the glove box completelyand remove the four screwsalong the upper portion of theglove box.

2. When released, lower theupper portion of the glove box.

3. Locate the service door for thepassenger compartment airfilter.

4. Release the latch holding theservice door. Lower theservice door.

5. Remove the old air filter.

6. Install the new air filter.

7. Close the service door andlatches.

8. Reinstall the upper portion ofthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


Driving and Operating 175

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 177Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 178Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 179Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 180Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 182Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 186Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Starting the GasolineEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 192Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 194Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 197

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 202

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 204

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 207

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 214Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 215

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 227Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229


176 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 236

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts0 62ii.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.



Steering

Hydraulic Power Steering

This vehicle has hydraulic powersteering. It may requiremaintenance. See Power SteeringFluid 0 256ii.

If power steering assist is lostbecause the engine stops orbecause of a system malfunction,the vehicle can be steered but mayrequire increased effort. See yourdealer if there is a problem.

Caution

If the steering wheel is turneduntil it reaches the end of itstravel, and is held in that positionfor more than 15 seconds,damage may occur to the powersteering system and there may beloss of power steering assist.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.

Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.



Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 278ii.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.



Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 202ii.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakesshould be applied sooner thanwhen on dry pavement. SeeAntilock Brake System (ABS)0 198ii.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise

clear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideService 0 349ii. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), which

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 193ii.



To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 202ii.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal

when the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 317ii.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.



{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 278ii

and Tire Pressure 0 285ii.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.



2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 233ii forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).



Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross



Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Adjustable Throttle andBrake PedalIf equipped, the position of thethrottle and brake pedals can bechanged. The pedals can only beadjusted when the vehicle is inP (Park).

The switch used to adjust thepedals is below the windshield wiperlever. Pull the switch toward you tomove the pedals further from thefloor, or push the switch away fromyou to move the pedals closer to thefloor.

Adjust the throttle and brake pedalswhile the vehicle is in P (Park)without pressing on the pedals.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and STOPPINGTHE ENGINE/OFF.

If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the keyless entrysystem. See Key and LockMessages 0 140ii.



To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN mode and thebrake pedal must be applied.

STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF (NoIndicator Light) : When the vehicleis stopped, press the ENGINESTART/STOP button once to turnthe engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 191ii.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii. When the vehicle is shiftedinto P (Park), the ignition system willswitch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition to OFF. On vehicleswith an automatic transmission,the shift lever must be inP (Park) to turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 199ii.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice infive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after10 minutes to prevent batteryrundown.



ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressing thebutton once will place the ignitionsystem in ON/RUN/START. Onceengine cranking begins, release thebutton. Engine cranking willcontinue until the engine starts. SeeStarting the Gasoline Engine 0 189ii.The ignition will then remain inON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the GasolineEnginePlace the transmission in the propergear by moving the shift lever toP (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle isalready moving, use N (Neutral).

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If the steering wheel is turneduntil it reaches the end of itstravel, and is held in that positionwhile starting the vehicle, damagemay occur to the hydraulic powersteering system and there may beloss of power steering assist.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 237ii.

To start the vehicle:

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. Pressthe ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the brake pedalapplied. When the enginebegins cranking, let go of thebutton. The idle speed will godown as the engine warms up.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.



If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message will display. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation0 27ii.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOPimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way to

the floor and holding it there asyou press the ENGINE START/STOP button, for up to amaximum of 15 seconds. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of thebutton and the accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly butthen stops again, do the samething. This clears the extragasoline from the engine. Donot race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Engine HeaterThe engine coolant heater,if available, can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the coolant heater at leastfour hours before starting thevehicle. An internal thermostat in

the plug end of the cord will preventengine coolant heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated near the air cleaner.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protected

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

by a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These accessories can be usedafter the engine is turned off:

. Infotainment system (up to10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened).

. Power windows, sunroof (ifequipped), and power outlets (upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened).

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 199ii.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.



Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 191ii.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 229ii.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 229ii.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transmission shift lockcontrol system. The shift lockcontrol is designed to preventmovement of the shift lever out ofP (Park), unless the ignition is inON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 314ii.



To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 191ii andEngine Exhaust 0 193ii.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 229ii.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the frontwheels. It is the best position to usewhen you start the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.



{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 191ii andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 229ii.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. You must fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before you canshift from P (Park) when the ignitionis in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out

of P (Park), ease pressure on theshift lever and push the shift leverall the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park0 192ii.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

R : Use this gear to back up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 182ii.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is already

moving, use N (Neutral) only. Youcan also use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.



D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If you need more powerfor passing, and you are:

. Going less than 35 mph(55 km/h), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)or more, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 179ii

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If you are

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

stuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingDriver Shift Control (DSC), coulddamage the vehicle. Alwaysupshift when necessary whileusing DSC.

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) toM (Manual Mode).

If you do not move the shiftlever forward or rearward, thevehicle will be in Sport Mode.When you are in Sport Modethe vehicle will still shiftautomatically. The transmissionmay remain in a gear longerthan it would in the normaldriving mode based on braking,throttle input, and vehiclelateral acceleration.

SPORT MODE ON will bedisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages0 144ii. The word “sport” willdisplay below the odometer.The gear position will also beindicated in the tachometer.

Within Sport Mode there is afurther performance featurecalled Performance Mode LiftFoot (PMLF) Mode. Thefeature is activatedautomatically when sportsoriented driving is detected,based on cornering and on/offthrottle application. PMLFallows the transmission to hold



the current gear instead ofupshifting when the throttle islifted.

2. To enter M (Manual Mode),press the shift lever forward toupshift or rearward todownshift.

An M will be displayed inthe DIC.

3. To return to Sport Mode fromM (Manual Mode), press andbriefly hold the shift leverforward.

Gear position is indicated in thebottom right corner of the displayarea in the instrument cluster. Thenumber indicates the requestedgear range when moving the shiftlever forward or rearward.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quickershifting. You can use this for sportdriving or when climbing ordescending hills, to stay in gearlonger, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, the currently selected gearwill flash multiple times, indicatingthat the transmission has not shiftedgears.

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift when the vehicle comesto a stop. This will allow for morepower during take-off.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into secondgear. A higher gear ratio allows youto gain more traction on slipperysurfaces.

Fuel Economy ModeDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. For driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible, seeDriving for Better Fuel Economy0 25ii.

The vehicle may have a fueleconomy mode. When engaged,fuel economy mode can improve thevehicle's fuel economy.

Pressing the eco button by the shiftlever will engage fuel economymode. When activated, the eco lightin the instrument cluster will come



on. See Fuel Economy Light 0 132ii.Pressing the button a second timewill turn fuel economy mode off.

When fuel economy mode is on:

. The transmission will upshiftsooner, and downshift later.

. The torque converter will lock upsooner, and stay on longer.

. The gas pedal will be lesssensitive.

. The vehicle's computers willmore aggressively shut off fuelto the engine under deceleration.

. The engine operates at lowerrpm's in fuel economy mode,which can increase noise andvibration. This is normal.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature transfertorque as required to the rearwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

AWD system performance will beautomatically reduced when you usethe compact spare. To restore fullAWD operation and preventexcessive wear on the system,replace the compact spare with afull-size tire as soon as possible.See Compact Spare Tire 0 313ii.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 128ii.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)switch is on the center console. TheEPB can always be activated, evenif the ignition is off. To preventdraining the battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB when the engineis not running.



The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 128ii andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 128ii. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 137ii. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DIC

message will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 128ii.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB automatically releasesdifferently on vehicles with andwithout Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC). Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

. With ACC, the EPB willautomatically release when theengine is running, the brakepedal is applied, and thetransmission is shifted out ofP (Park).

. Without ACC, the EPB willautomatically release when theengine is running, thetransmission is placed into gear,and an attempt is made to driveaway by pressing theaccelerator pedal.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 229ii.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver has

quickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.



Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has an HSA feature,which may be useful when thevehicle is stopped on a gradesufficient enough to activate HSA.This feature is designed to preventthe vehicle from rolling, eitherforward or rearward, during vehicledrive off. After the driver completelystops and holds the vehicle in acomplete standstill on a grade, HSAwill be automatically activated.During the transition period betweenwhen the driver releases the brakepedal and starts to accelerate todrive off on a grade, HSA holds thebraking pressure for a maximum oftwo seconds to ensure that there isno rolling. The brakes willautomatically release when theaccelerator pedal is applied withinthe two-second window. It will notactivate if the vehicle is in a drivegear and facing downhill, or if thevehicle is facing uphill and inR (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of thevehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on the

intended path. Trailer Sway Control(TSC) is also on automatically whenthe vehicle is started. See TrailerSway Control (TSC) 0 236ii.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 182ii

and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrakis on the center stack.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease the g button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages 0 144ii.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease the g button. The traction

off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off. Theappropriate message is displayed inthe DIC. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 144ii.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whenthe g button is pressed, the systemwill not turn off until the wheels stopspinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold the g button until

the traction off light i and the

StabiliTrak OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages 0 144ii.



To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release the gbutton. The traction off light i and

the StabiliTrak OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off. Theappropriate message is displayed inthe DIC. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 144ii.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 240ii.

Limited-Slip Rear AxleVehicles with a limited-slip rear axlecan give more traction on snow,mud, ice, sand, or gravel. Whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Thelimited-slip rear axle also gives thedriver enhanced control whencornering hard or completing amaneuver, such as a lane change.

Selective Ride ControlThe vehicle may have a ride controlsystem called Selective RideControl. The setting can be changedat any time. Based on roadconditions, steering wheel angle,and the vehicle speed, the systemautomatically adjusts to provide thebest handling while providing asmooth ride. The Tour and Sportmodes will feel similar on asmooth road.

Tour : Use for normal city andhighway driving. This settingprovides a smooth, soft ride.

Sport : Use where road conditionsor personal preference demandmore control. This setting providesmore “feel,” or response to roadconditions through increasedsteering effort and suspensioncontrol. Transmission shift pointsand shift firmness are alsoenhanced.

The vehicle is normally in the TourMode. To switch from Tour Mode toSport Mode, move the shift lever tothe left while the transmission is inD (Drive). Sport Mode isautomatically engaged when theshift lever is moved to the left.Moving the shift lever forward orrearward will put the transmission inthe M (Manual) Mode.

The Driver Information Center (DIC)will display SPORT MODE ONwhen the Sport Mode has beenactivated. When the shift lever ismoved to the right in D (Drive), thesystem will revert back to TourMode. See Manual Mode 0 196ii.

If there is a problem detected withSelective Ride Control, SERVICESUSPENSION SYSTEM displayson the DIC. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 144ii. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 202ii. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 219ii. Whenroad conditions allow the cruisecontrol to be safely used, you canapply the cruise control again.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white indicatorappears in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Ifthere is a set speed in memory,press the control up briefly toresume to that speed or press andhold to accelerate. If cruise controlis already active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET− (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If cruisecontrol is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If theJ button is on when not inuse, SET− or +RES could getpressed and the vehicle could gointo cruise when not desired. KeeptheJ button off when cruise is notbeing used.



1. PressJ to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Move the control down to SET−and release it.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green afterthe cruise control has been set tothe desired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 119ii.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press+RES up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe vehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press +RESup briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 119ii.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, press SET− downbriefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET− will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on the



accelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,the cruise control will disengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off the cruise control,pressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speed

and following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 356ii.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the traction controlsystem (TCS) or electronic stabiltycontrol system activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 202ii. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 177ii.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

a vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white cruisecontrol indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) :Press the control up briefly toresume to the previous set speed orhold upwards to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET– (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengageACC without erasing the set speedfrom memory.

[ (Follow Distance Gap) : Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If cruise control is on when not inuse, the cruise control on/off controlcould get pressed and cruise controlcould become active when notdesired. Keep the cruise control offwhen cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected in itspath slower than the set speed.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET−control.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.



The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages 0 138ii.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press +RESup briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 1 km/h(1 mph) faster mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.


Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−down briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 1 km/h(1 mph) slower mark on thespeedometer.




Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cyclethe gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. The

range of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 219ii.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six redlights will flash on the windshieldand either eight beeps will soundfrom the front, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

See Defensive Driving 0 177ii.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.



ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelights will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. There is no traffic and nothing todetect on the side of the road.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The brakes get heated.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow time/distance gap behind a detectedvehicle and slow your vehicle to astop behind that vehicle.

If the vehicle ahead has drivenaway and ACC has not resumed,the vehicle ahead symbol will flashas a reminder. In addition, the leftand right sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse three times, or threebeeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turn



on. See Parking Brake 0 199ii. Torelease the electric parking brake,press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 137ii.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.See Vehicle Messages 0 137ii. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.



ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways to end ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.



Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the back ofthe rearview mirror and the radarsensors on the front of the vehiclecan become blocked by snow, ice,dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 321ii.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain orroad spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 177ii.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.



Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 147ii.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), RearAutomatic Braking (RAB) andBacking Warning System, and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may helpthe driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RPAhas detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.



{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehiclewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humid

weather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA, and onsome vehicles, for FPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending on objectlocation, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitchedthan for RPA.



Backing Warning and RearAutomatic Braking

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the BackingWarning and Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. The BackingWarning part of this system canwarn of rear objects when backingup at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulsetwice on both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat. When the systemdetects a potential crash, beeps willbe heard from the rear, or fivepulses will be felt on both sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat. There mayalso be a brief, sharp application ofthe brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning Systemonly operates at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph). It does notdetect children, pedestrians,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.In some situations, such as athigher backing speeds, there maynot be enough time for the short,sharp application of the vehiclebrake system to occur. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with the Backing WarningSystem, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before backing.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse)and if it is backing too fast to avoida crash with a detected objectdirectly behind the vehicle, the RearAutomatic Braking (RAB) systemmay automatically brake hard to astop to help avoid or reduce theharm caused by a backing crash.

{ Warning

Rear Automatic Braking may notavoid many types of backingcrashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind thevehicle. It may not brake or stopin time to avoid a crash. It will notbrake for objects when thevehicle is moving at very lowspeeds. It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with RearAutomatic Braking, always checkthe area around the vehiclebefore and while backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releasethe Rear Automatic Braking. If the



brake pedal is not pressed soonafter the stop, the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) may be set. When it issafe, press the accelerator pedalfirmly at any time to override theRear Automatic Braking.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesiredautomatic braking occurs. If thishappens, either press the brakepedal or firmly press theaccelerator pedal to release thebrakes from the Rear AutomaticBraking system. Before releasingthe brakes, check the RVCscreen and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA), displays a red warningtriangle with a left or right pointingarrow on the RVC screen to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects coming

from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, either threebeeps sound from the left or right orthree Safety Alert Seat pulses occuron the left or right side, dependingon the direction of the detectedvehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button near the shift leveris used to turn on or off the Frontand Rear Parking Assist, RearAutomatic Braking, and BackingWarning System at the same time.The indicator light next to the button

comes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

Turn off parking assist and RearAutomatic Braking when towing atrailer.

To turn the RPA symbols or rearguidance lines on or off, see "RearCamera" under VehiclePersonalization 0 147ii.

RCTA can be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), and/or theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System can help to avoid a crash orreduce crash damage.



Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 207ii.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 177ii.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 147ii.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound from

the front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ on thesteering wheel to set the FCA timingto far, medium, near, or on somevehicles, off. The first button pressshows the current setting on theDIC. Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.



Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor on the back ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located (if equippedwith ACC), may correct the issue.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 219ii.

The system works when driving in aforward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. To release automatic braking,release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Auto Collision Preparation” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Off whentowing a trailer.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas. TheSBZA warning display will light up inthe corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Thiszone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works

The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone. This indicates it may beunsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check theSBZA display, check mirrors, glanceover your shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 147ii.If SBZA is disabled by the driver,the SBZA mirror displays will notlight up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The SBZA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing a



trailer. SBZA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 321ii. If the DIC displays thesystem unavailable message aftercleaning both sides of the vehicletoward the rear corners of thevehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 356ii.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

maintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @near the shift lever. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps, or the driver seat will pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.



FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend usingTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with an

octane rating below 87, as it maycause engine damage and will lowerfuel economy.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.



California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 125ii.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any otherfuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 226ii.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is located behind ahinged fuel door on the passengerside of the vehicle. If equipped, thefuel door is locked when the vehicle

doors are locked. Press K on theRKE transmitter to unlock. To openthe fuel door, push and release therearward center edge of the door.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise.

While refueling, hang the tetheredfuel cap from the hook on thefuel door.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 321ii.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks once. Makesure the cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 125ii.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunction

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

indicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 125ii.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 317ii. Fortowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 317ii.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the stateand local laws that applyspecifically to trailer towing.



. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500mi), to preventdamage to the engine, axle,or other parts.

. Then, during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Front Automatic BrakingSystem should be set to Offwhen towing. See FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) System0 221ii.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outsideair. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For information about carbonmonoxide, see Engine Exhaust0 193ii.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as thevehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.



Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to thevehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move your hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so thetrailer will not strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees, or otherobjects. Use the turn signal well inadvance and avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators on theinstrument cluster flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailerlamps also flash, telling otherdrivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes, or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument cluster flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.



Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might have to be used somuch that they would get hot and nolonger work well.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if the transmissionshifts too often.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, engine coolantboils at a lower temperature than atnormal altitudes. If the engine isturned off immediately after towingat high altitude on steep uphillgrades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating.To avoid this, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 254ii.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorbthe load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.



Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. See theMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.Things that are especially importantin trailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system, andbrake system. Inspect these beforeand during the trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 254ii.

Trailer TowingBefore pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:

. The weight of the trailer.

. The weight of the trailer tongue.

. The total weight on the vehicle'stires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature andhow much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in thetow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers and cargo inthe tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.



Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

VehicleMaximum Trailer

Weight GCWR*Maximum Tongue

Weight

3.6L Engine, FWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lb) 3 185 kg (7,022 lb) 113 kg (250 lb)

3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 640 kg (8,025 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)

3.6L Engine, AWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lb) 3 270 kg (7,209 lb) 113 kg (250 lb)

3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 725 kg (8,212 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,

equipment, passengers or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii for moreinformation about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity.



If a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch is beingused, the trailer tongue (1) shouldweigh 10-15 percent of the totalloaded trailer weight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Trailering may be limited by thevehicle's ability to carry tongueweight. Tongue weight cannot causethe vehicle to exceed the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) orthe RGAWR (Rear Gross AxleWeight Rating). The effect ofadditional weight may reduce thetrailering capacity more than thetotal of the additional weight.

It is important that the vehicle doesnot exceed any of its ratings —GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, MaximumTrailer Rating or Tongue Weight.The only way to be sure it is notexceeding any of these ratings is toweigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Certification label or seeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii. Makesure not to go over the GVW limitfor the vehicle, or the GAWR,including the weight of the trailertongue. If using a weight distributinghitch, make sure not to go over therear axle limit before applying theweight distribution spring bars.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

It is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roadsare a few reasons why the righthitch is needed.

. The rear bumper on the vehicleis not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, then be sure to seal theholes later when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 193ii.

Hitch Cover

To remove the hitch cover,if equipped:

1. Turn the fasteners on the lowertabs 90 degreescounterclockwise.



2. Lift the lower edge of the coverabout 45 degrees.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upperattachments.

To reinstall the hitch cover:

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and pushthe upper tabs in the hitchcover into the slots in thefascia.

2. Move the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower fascia slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Turn the fasteners on the lowertabs 90 degrees clockwise tolock the cover in place.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue ofthe trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack sothe rig can turn. Never allow safetychains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs morethan 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to haveits own brake system that isadequate for the weight of thetrailer. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If you do, both brakesystems will not work well, or at all.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)The vehicle has a TSC feature aspart of the StabiliTrak system.If TSC detects that the trailer isswaying, the vehicle's brakes areautomatically applied.

When TSC is applying the brakes,the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator lightflashes to notify the driver to reducespeed. If the trailer continues tosway, StabiliTrak will reduce enginetorque to help slow the vehicle.

TSC will not function if StabiliTrak isturned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 202ii.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle serviceand Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 125ii.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 79ii and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 79ii.


238 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 239California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 239

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 246Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 247Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 254Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 256Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Battery - North America . . . . . . 259All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 260Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 261Windshield Replacement . . . . . 262

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 267Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 269Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 270Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 280Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 297


Vehicle Care 239

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 313

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 317Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the State

of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 259ii

and Jump Starting - North America0 314ii.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.


240 Vehicle Care

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79ii.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 355ii.


Vehicle Care 241

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79ii.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 342ii.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the release handle with theabove symbol on it. It islocated below the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel.

2. Move the secondary hoodrelease lever up to release thestriker. The lever is locatednear the middle of the hood.

3. Lift the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps are on properly.


242 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 243

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 247ii.

2. Power Steering Reservoir andCap (Under Engine Cover).See Power Steering Fluid0 256ii.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 243ii.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out ofView). See Engine Oil 0 243ii.

5. Engine Cover 0 243ii.

6. Transmission Fluid Cap andDipstick (Out of View). SeeAutomatic Transmission Fluid0 247ii.

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 257ii.

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 249ii.

9. Battery (Out of View). SeeBattery - North America 0 259ii.

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 314ii.

11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal(Out of View). See JumpStarting - North America 0 314ii.

12. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 271ii.

13. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 256ii.

Engine Cover

1. Oil Fill Cap2. Engine Cover Bolt3. Engine Cover

To remove:

1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).

2. Remove the engine coverbolt (2).

3. Raise the engine cover (3) torelease from the retainers.

4. Lift and remove the enginecover.

5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstallengine cover.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.


244 Vehicle Care

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 246ii.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 242ii for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engine

oil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications0 344ii.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 242ii for the location of the engineoil fill cap.


Vehicle Care 245

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when finished.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the


246 Vehicle Care

trash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 140ii.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil life

system might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC controls onthe right side of the steeringwheel, display REMAININGOIL LIFE on the DIC. See

Driver Information Center (DIC)0 134ii. When remaining oil lifeis low, the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message willappear on the display. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 140ii.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controlsand hold SEL down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.


Vehicle Care 247

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidA transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 332ii, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 340ii.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 242ii for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 332ii.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

1. Air Duct Clamp2. Electrical Connector3. Retaining Clips


248 Vehicle Care

1. Cover Cut Outs2. Air Filter Tabs

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 241ii.

2. Locate the air filter housing onthe front passenger side of theengine compartment. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 242ii.

3. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air ductclamp (1).

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2). First, remove theconnector lock clip at thebottom of the connector, thenpress on the top and bottom ofthe connector to remove.

5. Lift the retaining clips (3) on theair filter housing.

6. Tilt and lift the cover slightlyupward and slide the coveraway from outside edge of thevehicle. Remove the air filter.

7. To install the air filter, placefilter inside box where thepleats fit in between the tabsinside the lower box. Ensurethat the cover cut outs (1) onboth sides match the air filtertabs (2) on both sides.

8. Replace air cleaner cover byinserting the four tabs into theslots. Lower cover to meetbottom of the box. Attach theretaining clips (3).

9. Reconnect outlet duct to thecover and tighten the air ductclamp (1).

10. Reconnect the electricalconnector (2). Install connectorlock clip to the bottom of theconnector.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


Vehicle Care 249

Cooling System

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should bebetween the MIN and MAX lines.If it is not, the vehicle may have aleak at the radiator hoses, heaterhoses, radiator, water pump,or somewhere else in the coolingsystem.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if theengine cooling fan is running. If the

engine is overheating, the fanshould be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off theengine.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant needs to bechecked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.


250 Vehicle Care

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 254ii.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairs

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.


Vehicle Care 251

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything elseuntil it cools down. If coolant isvisible but the coolant level mark isnot visible, you can use the top ribon the middle of the coolantsurge tank as a reference to add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant, butbe sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 254ii.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 242ii.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or

(Continued)


252 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

others could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1-6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.


Vehicle Care 253

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant needs to bechecked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 254ii.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.


254 Vehicle Care

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that to

stop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature warning light on thevehicle's instrument cluster. SeeEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge0 122ii.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,but instead get service help rightaway. See Roadside Service 0 349ii.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.


Vehicle Care 255

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engineand have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

. Tows a trailer.

If the overheat warning displays withno sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gauge isno longer in the overheat zone or anoverheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.


256 Vehicle Care

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Power Steering Fluid

See Engine Compartment Overview0 242ii for reservoir location.

When to Check Power SteeringFluid

It is not necessary to regularlycheck power steering fluid unless aleak is suspected in the system orunusual noise is heard. A fluid lossin this system could indicate aproblem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.

How to Check Power SteeringFluid

To check the power steering fluid:

1. Turn the engine off and let theengine compartmentcool down.

2. Remove the engine cover,if required. See Engine Cover0 243ii.

3. Wipe the cap and the top of thereservoir clean.

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe thedipstick with a clean rag.

5. Replace the cap andcompletely tighten it.

6. Remove the cap again andlook at the fluid level on thedipstick.

The level should be within the HOTmark. If necessary, add only enoughfluid to bring the level withinthe mark.

What to Use

Caution

Use of the incorrect fluid maydamage the vehicle and thedamages may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Always usethe correct fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii.

To determine what kind of fluid touse, see Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii. Always use theproper fluid.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.


Vehicle Care 257

Adding Washer Fluid

The WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID message appears on theDriver Information Center (DIC)when the fluid level is low. SeeWasher Fluid Messages 0 146ii.

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid up tothe fill mark. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242ii forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.


258 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 344ii.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The braking

performance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242ii forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.


Vehicle Care 259

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 127ii.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 340ii.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 239ii.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 314ii for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.


260 Vehicle Care

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in front

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 261

Warning (Continued)

of the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean or replacethe wiper blade assembly on aregular basis or when worn. Forproper windshield wiper bladelength and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 341ii.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the wiper bladeassembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.


262 Vehicle Care

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To remove the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe window.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages fromthese systems. See ObjectDetection System Messages 0 141ii.


Vehicle Care 263

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs0 270ii.

For any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The high intensity dischargelighting system operates at a veryhigh voltage. If you try to serviceany of the system components,you could be seriously injured.Have your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.


264 Vehicle Care

Headlamps

Base Headlamp Assembly (RearView Passenger Side)

1. Low-Beam Headlamp/Daytime RunningLamp (DRL)

2. High-Beam Headlamp3. Turn Signal Lamp

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (RearView Driver Side)

1. High/Low-Beam Headlamp(To be replaced atdealer only)

2. Daytime RunningLamp (DRL)

3. Turn Signal Lamp

Driver Side

The removal of the underhoodelectrical center cover is required forthe replacement of one of thesebulbs:


{ Warning

Liquids from environment orspillage and/or tools placed ontop of or used in the underhoodelectrical center while the cover isremoved can pose a risk ofelectrical shock/burn to anyone inthe vicinity. These conditions canalso cause damage to electricalcomponents on the vehicle. Keepliquids and tools away from theunderhood electrical center whenthe cover is removed.


Vehicle Care 265

2. Unlatch the three clips and liftup the underhood electricalcenter cover to remove.

Passenger Side

The removal of the air filter/cleanerassembly and base is required forthe replacement of one of thesebulbs:


2. Remove the air cleaner/filtercover. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 247ii.

3. Lift the air cleaner/filterassembly base to disengagefrom the three pins.

Low-Beam Headlamps/DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL),High-Beam Headlamps (Base)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, removethe top cap to replace thelow-beam headlamp/DRL bulb.

2. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, removethe bottom cap to replace thehigh-beam headlamp bulb.

3. Disconnect the electricalconnector.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly.

5. Replace the bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket in theheadlamp assembly.

7. Connect the electricalconnector.


266 Vehicle Care

8. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in theback of the headlampassembly.

9. For the driver side, reinstall theunderhood electrical centercover by latching the threeclips.

10. For the passenger side,reinstall the air filter/cleanerassembly base by pushing toseat. Verify the base is seatedsecurely, then install the engineair filter/cleaner assembly.

High/Low-Beam Headlamps(Uplevel)

The high/low-beam headlamps onthe uplevel are High IntensityDischarge (HID) and should bereplaced by your dealer.

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)(Uplevel)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, removethe bottom cap to replace theDRL bulb.

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector.

3. Remove the DRL bulb socketfrom the headlamp assembly.



6. Connect the electricalconnector.

7. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in theback of the headlampassembly.



Front Turn Signal Lamp (Baseand Uplevel)

To replace the front turnsignal lamp:

1. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb from the socket.



Vehicle Care 267




Turn Signal LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 37ii.

2. Remove the push pin (1) onthe taillamp cover (2).

3. Remove the taillamp coverfrom the lamp assembly bypulling rearward from the top tounfasten the snap tabs.

4. Remove the two screws fromthe taillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.


268 Vehicle Care

6. Turn the turn signal lamp bulbsocket counterclockwise toremove it from the taillampassembly.

7. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.

8. Press a new bulb into thesocket, insert it into the taillampassembly, and turn the bulbsocket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

Back-Up LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:


2. Remove the push pin (1) onthe taillamp cover (2).

3. Remove the taillamp coverfrom the lamp assembly bypulling rearward from the top tounfasten from the snap tabs.

4. Remove the two screws fromthe taillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.


Vehicle Care 269

6. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the back-upbulb/socket assembly.

7. Turn the back-up bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the taillamp assembly.

8. Install a new bulb/socketassembly into the taillampassembly, and turn the bulb/socket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:


Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

2. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

3. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it from the liftgate.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install into thelamp assembly.

7. Turn the lamp assembly intothe liftgate, engaging the clipside first.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.


270 Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back-up Lamp HyperclickPH16W

DaytimeRunning Lamp

7443 ULL

HeadlampHigh-Beam

9005LL

HeadlampLow-Beam

H11LL

License Plate Lamp W5WLL

Turn Signal Front 7444NA

Tail/TurnSignal Rear

7440

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.


Vehicle Care 271

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 271ii,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 274ii,and Rear Compartment Fuse Block0 276ii.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockTo remove the fuse block cover,press the clips on the cover and liftit straight up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


272 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

J-Case Fuses Usage

6 Wiper

12 Vacuum Pump

24 Antilock BrakeSystem Pump

J-Case Fuses Usage

25 Rear ElectricalCenter 1

26 Rear ElectricalCenter 2

41 Cooling Fan 2

42 Starter

45 Cooling Fan 1

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Engine ControlModule Battery

2 Transmission ControlModule Battery

5 Engine ControlModule Run Crank

7 Post-CatalyticConverter O2 Sensor

8 Pre-CatalyticConverter O2 Sensor

9 Engine ControlModule Powertrain

10 Fuel Injectors – Even

11 Fuel Injectors – Odd

13 Washer

14 Heated SteeringWheel

15 Not Used

16 Instrument Cluster/Malfunction IndicatorLamp/Ignition

17 Air Quality Sensor


Vehicle Care 273

Mini Fuses Usage

18 Not Used

19 Transmission ControlModule Run Crank

20 Rear ElectricalCenter Run Crank

30 Switch Back Light

32 Battery Sense(Regulated VoltageControl)

33 Adaptive ForwardLighting

35 Electronic BrakeControl Module

36 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

46 Low-Beam Headlamp– Right

47 Low-Beam Headlamp– Left

50 Front Fog Lamps

51 Horn

52 Fuel System ControlModule

Mini Fuses Usage

53 Headlamp Level

54 Sensing DiagnosticModule Ignition

55 High-BeamHeadlamp – Right

56 High-BeamHeadlamp – Left

57 Ignition SteeringColumn Lock

65 Trailer RightStoplamp

66 Trailer Left Stoplamp

67 Spare

68 Spare

69 Spare

70 Spare

71 Spare

72 Spare

Mini Relays Usage

7 Powertrain

9 Cooling Fan 2

13 Cooling Fan 1

15 Run/Crank

MicroRelays

Usage

2 Vacuum Pump

4 Wiper Control

5 Wiper Speed

10 Starter

12 Cool Fan 3

14 Low Beam/HID

U MicroRelays

Usage

3 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

8 Not Used


274 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block islocated in the center consolebetween the driver and passengerseats. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door from thepassenger side by pulling it out.

To reinstall the door, push the doorback into its original location.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays andfeatures shown.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block


Vehicle Care 275

Mini Fuses Usage

DISPLY Display

S/ROOF Sunroof

UHP UniversalHandsfree Phone(If Equipped)

RDO Radio

APO –IP/CNSL

Auxiliary PowerOutlet – InstrumentPanel/Console

APO – CNSL Auxiliary PowerOutlet – FloorConsole

BCM 1 Body ControlModule 3



ONSTAR OnStar® System(If Equipped)

Mini Fuses Usage

RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor


ESCL Electronic SteeringColumn Lock

AIRBAG Sensing andDiagnostic Module

DLC Data LinkConnector

IPC Instrument Cluster

STRWHL SW

Steering WheelSwitch



AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio

HVAC Heating Ventilation& Air Conditioning

J-CaseFuses

Usage


FRT BLWR Front Blower

Relays Usage

LOGIC RLY/SHUNT

Logistics Relay/Shunt

RAP/ACCY RLY

RetainedAccessory Power/Accessory Relay

Breakers Usage

HTR DR Heated Driver Seat

HTR PAS HeatedPassenger Seat


276 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isin the cargo area, on the driver sideof the vehicle behind the lower trimpanel. To open, turn the latch with aflat bladed tool and pull the trimpanel from the edges to fold it down.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown. Rear Compartment Fuse Block


Vehicle Care 277

Fuses Usage

AOS MDL Automatic OccupantSensing Module

AUX PWR Auxiliary PowerOutlet

* BCMTHEFT

Body ControlModule Theft

CAMERA Rear Vision Camera

CNSTRVENT

Canister Vent

DRVPWR SEAT

Driver Power Seat

EOCM/SBZA

External ObjectCalculating Module/Side Blind ZoneAlert

EMPTY Not Used

FRTHTD SEAT

Front Heated Seats

FRTVENT SEAT

Front VentilatedSeats

FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

HTD MIR Heated Mirror

Fuses Usage

IGN/THEFT 1

Ignition/Theft 1

IGN/THEFT 2

Ignition/Theft 2

INFOTMNT Infotainment

* L/GATE Liftgate

LGM Liftgate Module

LGMLOGIC

Liftgate ModuleLogic

MDL TRLR Trailer Module

MIRWDO MDL

Mirror WindowModule

PRKBRK MDL

Park Brake Module

PASS DRWDO SW

Passenger DoorWindow Switch

PASS DRPWR SEAT

Passenger/DriverPower Seats

PRKLPS TRLR

Trailer Park Lamps

RDM Rear Drive Module

Fuses Usage

REARDEFOG

Rear Defog

REARHTD SEAT

Rear Heated Seats

REAR/WPR Rear Wiper

RT WDO Right Window

RPA MDL Rear Parking AssistModule

SADS MDL Semi ActiveDamping SystemModule

* SEC Security

SHUNT Shunt

SPARE Not Used

SPAREFUSES

Spare Fuses

* TRLR EXP Trailer Export

TRLR Trailer Module

* TRLR 2 Trailer 2

UGDO Universal GarageDoor Opener


278 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

VICS Vehicle InformationCommunicationsSystem (Export)

WNDO Power Window

Relays Usage

DEFOGREAR

Rear WindowDefogger

* FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

LOGIC Logistic Relay(Export)

* RUN RLY Run Relay

SPARE Not Used

WPRCONTRL

Wiper Control

*Denotes uplevel content.

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 182ii.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 279

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 287ii forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 279ii.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 293ii.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If winter


280 Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 279ii.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 291ii.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


Vehicle Care 281

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 295ii.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 313ii and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 298ii.


282 Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 285ii.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


Vehicle Care 283

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 285ii.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.


284 Vehicle Care

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 182ii.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 182ii.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 285ii and VehicleLoad Limits 0 182ii.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.


Vehicle Care 285

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 293ii.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are

determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 295ii.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 182ii.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 182ii.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)


286 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 313ii.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.

If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


Vehicle Care 287

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/65R18, P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 size tiresrequire inflation pressure adjustmentwhen driving the vehicle at speedsof 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold inflation pressure to themaximum inflation pressure shownon the tire sidewall, or 260 kPa(38 psi), whichever is lower. Returnthe tires to the recommended coldtire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 182ii and TirePressure 0 285ii.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can


288 Vehicle Care

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 288ii.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure in

the tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 182ii.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and details


Vehicle Care 289

about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134ii.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 182ii, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 285ii.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 291ii, Tire Rotation 0 292ii andTires 0 278ii.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 300ii forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes for

about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.


290 Vehicle Care

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 293ii.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure MonitorSensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power modein ON/RUN/START. SeeIgnition Positions 0 187ii.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and offthrough the Settings menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 134ii.

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC)0 134ii.


Vehicle Care 291

5. Press and hold SEL in thecenter of the five-way DICcontrol.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. Thehorn sounds two times toindicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.


292 Vehicle Care

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 332ii.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 293ii and WheelReplacement 0 297ii.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 285ii and VehicleLoad Limits 0 182ii.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 288ii.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 344ii.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.


Vehicle Care 293

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 291ii and Tire Rotation0 292ii.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the


294 Vehicle Care

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 280ii.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 292ii. However, if it is

necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,


Vehicle Care 295

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 287ii.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 182ii.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 293ii andAccessories and Modifications0 240ii.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.


296 Vehicle Care

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistance

to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.


Vehicle Care 297

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


298 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 278ii. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others could

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 299

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 161ii.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 307ii. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 300ii.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


300 Vehicle Care

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 193ii.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service0 349ii.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


Vehicle Care 301

The kit includes: 1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.

Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


302 Vehicle Care

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 161ii.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 298ii forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 307ii.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 116ii.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.


Vehicle Care 303

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 285ii.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService 0 349ii.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.


304 Vehicle Care

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Service 0 349ii.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:


Vehicle Care 305

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 161ii.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 298ii forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 307ii.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 116ii.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.


306 Vehicle Care

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 285ii.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem, byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.


Vehicle Care 307

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit

This vehicle may have a tire sealantand compressor kit in place of ajack or spare tire. It is located in afoam container in the rearcompartment storage area. If the

vehicle has a cargo cover, seeCargo Management System 0 104ii

for instructions on how to accessthe tire sealant and compressor kit.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Extension2. Jack3. Wheel Wrench4. Wing Nut

To access the spare tire and tools:


2. Press on the bottom of thehandle assembly to unlatch itand lift up on the handle.

The prop rod locks into placewhen open.


308 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the spare tire cover.

4. Remove the rubber cover.

5. Remove the nut retaining thespare tire.

6. Remove the spare tire andplace it next to the tire beingchanged.

7. Remove the wing nut.

8. Remove the extension, jack,and wheel wrench and placethem near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Take off the wheel cover or centercap, if the vehicle has one, to reachthe wheel bolts.

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 298ii for moreinformation.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

Do not try to remove plasticcaps from the cover orcenter cap.

3. Pull the cover or center capaway from the wheel. Store thewheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.


Vehicle Care 309

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

6. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest theflat tire.

The jacking location isindicated by a V-shaped notchin the plastic molding. The jackmust not be used in any otherposition.

7. Insert the hooked end of theextension handle through thejack and the flat end throughthe wheel wrench.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.


310 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

8. Turn the extension with thewheel wrench clockwise toraise the jack lift head until thejack just fits under the vehicle.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise untilthe slots in the jack head fitinto the metal flange locatedbehind the triangle on theplastic moulding.

Caution

Using a jack to raise the vehiclewithout positioning it correctlycould damage your vehicle. Whenraising your vehicle on a jack, besure to position it correctly underthe frame and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

10. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.


Vehicle Care 311

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

15. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts should

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 344ii for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 344ii for the wheel nut torquespecification.


312 Vehicle Care

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

17. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all six plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat or spare tire andtools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 37ii for more information.

2. Put back all tools as they werestored in the rear storagecompartment and put thecompartment cover back on.

3. Install the cargo cover. Formore information, see CargoManagement System 0 104ii.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

5. Attach the strap to the cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.


Vehicle Care 313

6. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

7. Attach the strap to the othercargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

8. Tighten the strap.

9. Replace the rubber cover.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehicle

speed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.


314 Vehicle Care

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 259ii.

If the vehicle battery has run down,you may want to use anothervehicle and some jumper cables tostart your vehicle. Be sure to usethe following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 239ii.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 315

1. Remote Positive (+)Terminal

2. Remote Negative (−)Terminal

Your vehicle is equipped with aremote positive (+) terminal (1) anda remote negative (−) terminal (2).The remote positive (+) terminal islocated in the engine compartmenton the driver side of the vehicle,above the rear of the battery. Theremote negative (−) terminal is astud located in the enginecompartment on the driver side ofthe vehicle, on the front tie bar. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 242ii.

To uncover the remote positive (+)terminal, lift open the access panelon the battery cover indicated bythe (+) sign.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables canreach, but be sure the vehiclesare not touching each other.If they are, it could cause aground connection you do notwant. You would not be able tostart your vehicle, and the badgrounding could damage theelectrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put thetransmission in P (Park) beforesetting the parking brake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlet. Turnoff the radio and all lamps thatare not needed. This will avoidsparks, helping save bothbatteries and the radio.


316 Vehicle Care

4. Open the hood on the othervehicle and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminal locations on thatvehicle.

Open the hood on your vehicleand find the remote positive (+)and remote negative (−) jumpstarting terminals.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehiclescould also be damaged.

Before you connect the cables,here are some basic things youshould know. Positive (+) willgo to positive (+) or to a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one. Negative (−)will go to a heavy, unpainted

metal engine part or to aremote negative (−) terminal ifthe vehicle has one.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or you will get ashort that would damage thebattery and maybe other parts.Do not connect the negative (−)cable to the negative (−)terminal on the dead batterybecause this can cause sparks.

6. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+)terminal on the vehicle with thedead battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

7. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

8. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotenegative (−) terminal if thevehicle has one.


Vehicle Care 317

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.The other end of thenegative (−) cable does not goto the dead battery. It goes to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to a remote negative (−)terminal on the vehicle with thedead battery.

9. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable away fromthe dead battery, but not nearengine parts that move. Theelectrical connection is just asgood there, and the chance ofsparks getting back to thebattery is much less.

Your vehicle has a remote (−)terminal for this purpose.

10. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing are


318 Vehicle Care

known as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. If the vehicle is ready to betowed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Front-wheel-drive andall-wheel-drive vehicles may bedinghy towed from the front. Thesevehicles can also be towed byplacing them on a platform trailerwith all four wheels off of theground. For other towing options,see the information on dolly towingthat follows.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.


Vehicle Care 319

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle that will betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.

2. Remove the shift lever boot bypulling up on the rear of thetrim plate.

3. Use a small screwdriver or toolto press and hold the manualrelease button on the frontright.

4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).

Caution

If the vehicle is towed withoutperforming each of the stepslisted under “Dinghy Towing,” theautomatic transmission could bedamaged. Be sure to follow allsteps of the dinghy towingprocedure prior to and aftertowing the vehicle.

Once the destination has beenreached:

1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

2. Reinstall the shift lever boot byinserting the front edge andpressing the rear of the trimplate until it snaps into place.

3. Start the engine and let it idlefor more than three minutesbefore driving the vehicle.

Caution

Too much or too little fluid candamage the transmission. Besure that the transmission fluid isat the proper level before towingwith all four wheels on theground.

Caution

Do not tow a vehicle with the frontdrive wheels on the ground if oneof the front tires is a compactspare tire. Towing with two

(Continued)


320 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

different tire sizes on the front ofthe vehicle can cause severedamage to the transmission.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles should notbe towed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground or dinghy towedfrom the front. See “Dinghy Towing”earlier in this section.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever toP (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 191ii.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear


Vehicle Care 321

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Thee symbol is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be powerwashed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


322 Vehicle Care

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.


Vehicle Care 323

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climates


324 Vehicle Care

may require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 340ii.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket, and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.


Vehicle Care 325

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminated

fluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregular

dark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.


326 Vehicle Care

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.


Vehicle Care 327

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


328 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-certified floormats may not fit properly andmay interfere with the pedals.Always check that the floor matsdo not interfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.


Vehicle Care 329

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.The passenger side floor mat is heldin place by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainerand remove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snappinginto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


330 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 330

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 332

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil


Service and Maintenance 331

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 182ii.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 226ii.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 240ii.



Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes with theCadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services during thefirst 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance with theowner manual, including:

. Oil changes based on thevehicle's oil life monitor system.

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi‐point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by a Cadillacauthorized service dealer.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 243ii.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 285ii.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 291ii.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 256ii.



Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 246ii.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 292ii.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 243ii and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 246ii.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 249ii.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 256ii.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 321ii. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 261ii.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 285ii.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 291ii.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 247ii.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 321ii.



. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 321ii.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 68ii.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 321ii.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 260ii.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 260ii.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 260ii.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 300ii.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 49ii.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed if

there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 249ii.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 258ii.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.



(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 249ii.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 258ii.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 321ii.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.



Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 340ii for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.



Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 325ii andExterior Care 0 321ii.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil0 243ii.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 249ii.

Fuel Additive Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Part No. 88861013).

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint,Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C

Engine Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13356914 CF184

Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 22870539 —

Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 22870540 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


Technical Data 343

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 345

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 344ii for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the inside of the rearside cargo management cover, hasthe following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


344 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type, andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label located

under the hood. See your dealer for moreinformation.

Engine Cooling System

3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 0.65 L 0.69 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)


Technical Data 345

Engine Drive Belt Routing


346 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 349

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 349Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 353Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 358OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 359

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.


Customer Information 347

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800–458–8006. InCanada, call the Canadian CadillacCustomer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, you

may reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCadillac Customer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.



Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience allows interaction withCadillac and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information) :Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information) :View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I (Service History) : Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation) : Select a dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r (Warranty TrackingInformation) : Track your vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information) : Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 343ii.

H (Other Account Information) :View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F (Live Chat Support) : Chat withonline help representatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S./Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.



Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car or avehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 805 km(500 mi).



Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,



unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.

customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.



Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.



Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service 0 349ii.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 73ii.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.



Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information(U.S. and Canada Only)

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170



Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of Canada Limited.Call Transport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 364ii.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


360 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statementfor more details including systemlimitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


OnStar 361

. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot nameor SSID and password,if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar subscription plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.


362 OnStar

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type


OnStar 363

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide specialoffers from restaurants and retailerson your route, help locate hotels,or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”


364 OnStar

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. Real-time DiagnosticAlerts can be sent by e-mail or text.The Proactive Alerts feature (ifavailable) can help predict and alertof potential upcoming maintenanceissues with select components onthe vehicle, before they become aproblem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.


OnStar 365

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Diagnostics, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance,Turn-by-Turn Navigation, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar terms and conditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.


366 OnStar

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


OnStar 367

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 237ii. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it.If you have any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please seehttp://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index andhttps://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the


368 OnStar

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license.The definitive version of thisdocument should be available atftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a


OnStar 369

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


370 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 207Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 237Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Adjustable Throttle andBrake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .54Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 247Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Passenger Sensing System . . . .75

Airbag System (cont'd)What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .71AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 124Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 222

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 260Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 198Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101


Index 371

Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 215

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Battery - North America . . . .259, 314Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 261BrakePedal and AdjustableThrottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Brake (cont'd)System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 127

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 186Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 264High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 269Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

CCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 227

California (cont'd)Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 314

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Management System . . . . . . . . . 104Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 102Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .82


372 Index

Child Restraints (cont'd)Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 97Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 353Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 313CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 300ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Temperature Gauge . . 122Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 207Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 349Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 355

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 353Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 358Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . .61

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 345Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 198, 260

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 214Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 218


Index 373

Driving (cont'd)Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .25Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 180If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 182Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 178Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 182Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

EECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Economy ModeFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 128Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Electrical System (cont'd)Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 242Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Cooling System Messages . . . 139Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Engine (cont'd)Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 194

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 358Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 157Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 161Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 247Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


374 Index

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .58

Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 132Requirements, California . . . . . 227System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 197FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Fuses (cont'd)Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 154Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . . 189GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 330Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 161Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 159Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 267Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132


Index 375

High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 287Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 180Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 202Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 45Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 140Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .27

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 280LampsCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 159Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 125Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

LightAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 127Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 128Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . 130

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 131Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 159Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 129Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 122


376 Index

Lights (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 130

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 204LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 132Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 332Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 125Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 139Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Object Detection System . . . . . 141

Messages (cont'd)Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 144Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 145Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 45Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287


Index 377

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

NetCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 186

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 246Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 81Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 349OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 362OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 364OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 361OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 355

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 193Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 215

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 75Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 239

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 191Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 67Premium Care MaintenanceCadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 357

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 352

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 314

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 356Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Rear AxleLimited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Rear Climate Control System . . . 171Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 61Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61


378 Index

Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 114Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 317Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 80Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 357General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ride Control SystemsLimited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 345Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .68Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .67

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 357General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 351Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .58Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .54Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .54Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 95, 97SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 204


Index 379

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 240Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 343Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 351Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 222Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Special Application Services . . . . 337Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 260Starting the Gasoline Engine . . . 189Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Storage Areas (cont'd)Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 100Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 359Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 349Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 42Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 55Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293


380 Index

Tires (cont'd)Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Pressure Monitor Operation . . 288Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 287Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Terminology and Definitions . . 283Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 297When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 229Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235General Information . . . . . . . . . . 229Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 317Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 236Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 204

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 236Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 295Universal Remote System . . . . . . 154Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Identification Number (VIN) . . . 343Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 146Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 129Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 307


Index 381

Vehicle Care (cont'd)Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 224

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 297Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 86Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Windshield (cont'd)Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 261WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Documents

9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual ... · Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15 Contents Introduction